‫‪https://maktbah.

net‬‬
‫‪SMART-TRAIN‬‬

‫اعداد‬

‫نضال الشامي‬

‫مرفق قرص مدمج يحتوي عل كافة األمثلة الواردة في الكتاب‬

https://maktbah.net
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺴﻴﻞ ‪-2013‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻧﺿﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫‪2015‬‬
https://maktbah.net
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺴﻴﻞ ‪-2013‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫‪2015‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺭﺧﺼﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻋﻲ‬
https://maktbah.net
https://maktbah.net
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ( ‪1...........................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ‪13...................................................‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪23......................................................................‬‬

‫ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺎﺕ ‪37...............................................................................‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪59............................................................................‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪67..............................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪103................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭﻳﺔ ‪131............................................................‬‬

‫ﺃﺗﻤﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﺮﻭ ‪161................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ‪173...........................‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ‪-‬ﻟﻮ؟ ‪191.................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ‪213..........................................................‬‬

https://maktbah.net
https://maktbah.net

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ‬
FORMULA BASED CODITIONAL FORMATTING
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻡ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ(‬

‫ﻧﺣﻥ ﻧﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻭ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﺎ ﺷﺭﻁﻳﺎ ً ﻓﺈﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪Home‬‬
‫‪ Conditional formatting‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺎ ً ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪ New Rule‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-1‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫‪ Build‐in‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ‪ Conditional Formatting‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻠﺟﺄ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﻟﻠﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺻﻭﺹ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﻠﺟﺄ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﺷﺭﻁﻳﺎ ً ﻭﻧﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-1‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻫﻲ ‪ A1‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ . A1:B10‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Conditional Formatting‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ New Rule‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫‪ 3‐1‬ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪) Use Formula to determine which cells to format‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﻬﺎ( ﺛﻡ ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪=istext(A1‬‬
‫ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﻭﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻲ ‪ True‬ﺃﻭ ‪ False‬ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ format‬ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 3-1‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺻﻭﺹ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺣﺩﺙ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻳﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﺩءﺍ ً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ )ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ( ﻭﺣﺗﻰ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B3‬ﻣﺛﻼ ﻳﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫)‪=istext(B3‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ A1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻧﺳﺑﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻗﻳﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪2‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻳﻭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺕ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ )(‪ Weekday‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺑﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺩﺃ ﻣﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 1‬ﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﺩ ﻭﺣﺗﻰ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 7‬ﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ )(‪ Weekday‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻫﻭ ‪ 6‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 7‬ﻧﻧﺳﻖ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻧﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-1‬‬
‫)‪=OR(WEEKDAY(A1)=7;WEEKDAY(A1)=6‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪5-1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ )(‪ OR‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ True‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻳﻥ‬
‫)ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ‪ 6‬ﺍﻭ ‪ (7‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ‪ .true‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻲ ‪ A1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪3‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ C6‬ﻭﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ "ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ" ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ B6‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪C2:C5‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﻧﺧﻔﻲ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ B6:C6‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪6-1‬‬

‫ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻧﺳﻘﻬﺎ ﺷﺭﻁﻳﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ B6:C6‬ﻧﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ B6‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪=COUNT($C$2:$C$5)=4‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ True‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ C2:C5‬ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬

‫‪7‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻘﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺑﻧﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪ C2:C5‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻓﺎﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺑﺣﺫﺍﻓﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺗﻳﻥ ‪ C6‬ﻭ ‪ .B6‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪4‬‬
‫ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻋﻁﺎء‬
‫ﺳﺟﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﻭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺕ ﻟﻭﻧﺎ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺍ ً ﻟﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯﻫﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-1‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﺟﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺗﺩ ﻣﻥ ‪ A7:F7‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺫ ﻟﻭﻧﺎ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺍ ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﺟﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺎﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺗﻬﺎ؛ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺗﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪=OR(weekday($A2)=6;weekday($A2)=7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪8-1‬‬

‫‪9‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺍﻧﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻁﺑﻖ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪9-1‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪11‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪12‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬
‫‪FORMULA BASED DATA VALIDATION‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬

‫ﻧﺣﻥ ﻧﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻳﻌﻁﻳﻧﺎ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Data tab‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪Data‬‬
‫‪ Validation‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Allow‬ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ‪Build‐in‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-2‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺿﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Allow‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻠﺟﺄ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‪ .‬ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ Custom‬ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Allow‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ‪ Formula‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺭﻳﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2‐2‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ؛ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻗﺑﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ A1:A10‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-2‬‬
‫ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﻔﺗﺢ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ ‪ Data Validation‬ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ Custom‬ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Allow‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺩﺧﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ‪:Formula‬‬
‫)‪=ISTEXT (A1‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻁﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﺩءﺍ ً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ )ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ( ﻭﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻔﺣﺹ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻫﻝ ﻫﻭ ﻧﺻﻲ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺍﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻲ ‪ A1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﺳﻧﻰ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﺣﺹ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-2‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪ A1:A12‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ .D1‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻭ ﻧﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺛﻡ ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪=A1>$D$1‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻲ ‪ A1‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﺳﻧﻰ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻖ ‪ $D$1‬ﻷﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﻣﺎ ً‬
‫ﺑﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪.D1‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-2‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ؛ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ A1:C20‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻡ ﻓﺭﻳﺩﺓ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ )(‪ COUNTIF‬ﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻁﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺣﺳﺏ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ 1‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻛﺭﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪=COUNTIF($A$1:$C$20;A1)=1‬‬

‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻲ ‪ A1‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﺳﻧﻰ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻘﺔ ‪ $A$1:$C20‬ﻷﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺱ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
https://maktbah.net

•û©ŽÌãß•á•©§—³Ž‘
•ŽçŽó‘ß•åãÖØ£—ß• ò玛ߕݻÔß•

ñ î ÝÛ·ß•

ðÝŽ›ã
òÓ“©©£ãß•”ó畯óãß•¯íŽŸ——û™ó
£‘”àԣߕé«ëÑóߎۗ•³£çå•
©ó-çí”àÔ£Žçó©ßÝŽ›ãß••«ëòÓ
ñ ”óà§ß•”ãó×ÝŽ›ãß••«ë
ÖØ£—ß•”ß©ŽÌãݧ©çá›ÕŽÁçß•òÓ
ðßí÷•”óà§ß•òë”Á·çß•”óà§ß•
å„‘©Û„—ç
íWò ÕŽÁçß•©©£ç
”óߎ—ß•
^hD~¨¨íW¨¨ò•DA¨¨ñ
åã”óà§ÝÛßê烩ۄ—çå•©ó
-çŽçç÷”ß©ŽÌãß•é«ëòÓ”ØàÁãß•Ž
óü§ß•ÊŸ•-ãŽç㩧—³•
Žççƒ Å£û
åí©‘òëŽã۔ߩŽÌãß•Öó‘Á—©ó-çå£çÓ
ñ ”óà§ß•”ãóׯ펟—óûŽóü§ß•ÉíãŸãÕŽÁçß•Žóü§
”ØàÁãß•ÊŸ•-ãß•Žç㩧—³•Ùß«ßíÕŽÁçß•Žóü§”ÓŽÛðàËŽóü§ß•ÊŸ•
-ãß-óóЗ

íô
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪6-2‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ‪ A1:A10‬ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪=A5>A4‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻳﺔ ﻷﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻧﺣﻥ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7 -2‬‬

‫‪20‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪21‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪22‬‬
https://maktbah.net

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
ADVANCED FILTERING
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺗﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺣﻥ ﻧﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻳﻌﻁﻳﻧﺎ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻭ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﻛﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻑ ﻧﻔﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻧﻘﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪) Data tab‬ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ( ﺛﻡ ‪Filter‬‬
‫)ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ( ﻓﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻧﻔﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻐﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻡ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ Number Filter‬ﺛﻡ ‪Greater‬‬
‫‪ Than OR Equal to‬ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪.3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-3‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-3‬‬

‫ﻭﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Clear Filter‬ﻣﻥ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪.Data‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ ً‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﻔﻠﺗﺭﺓ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺗﻌﻘﻳﺩﺍ ً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺎ ً ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻠﺟﺄ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺍ ً ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺍ ً‬
‫)‪ 5‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 6‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻖ ﻣﻌﺎ ً( ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺗﺟﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ )ﻭ( ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺟﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ )ﺃﻭ( ﺍﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩﺓ؛ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻏﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ‪) 3‬ﻭ( ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ 200000‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻏﺭﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ‪) 3‬ﺃﻭ( ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪.200000‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺣﻘﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺗﻌﻘﻳﺩﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺑﻘﻰ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺋﻡ‪ .‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺻﻔﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺷﻲء ﺃﻥ ﻳﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻏﺭﻑ ‪ 3‬ﻓﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻧﺟﻬﺯ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻭﺿﻌﻧﺎ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﻛﺗﺑﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻧﺭﻳﺩﻩ ﻭﻫﻭ ”‪. “>=3‬‬

‫‪26‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-3‬‬

‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ Advanced‬ﻣﻥ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Data‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻠﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻁﻠﺏ ﻣﻧﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﻳﻌﻁﻳﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ‪ .‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻳﻡ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-3‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 250000‬ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﻏﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻝ ﻋﻥ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺩﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﺭ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻧﺿﻳﻑ ﻟﻠﺻﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺳﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻌﺭ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺳﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ )ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ( ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻑ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ‪5-3‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪5-3‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻥ ﻧﻔﺗﺢ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺳﺑﻖ ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ)ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ( D5:E6‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻫﻲ )ﻭ( ﻧﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ )ﺃﻭ( ﻧﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪3‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺳﻌﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻥ ‪ 250000‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻑ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺩﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 6-3‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻫﻭ ‪.D5:E7‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ )ﺃﻭ(‬

‫‪29‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪6-3‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺔ ‪ Adams‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻌﺭﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 250000‬ﻭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻏﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ‪ .3‬ﻓﻬﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺗﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺔ ‪) Adams‬ﻭ( ﺳﻌﺭﻫﺎ ﻻﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪) (250000‬ﺃﻭ( )ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺔ ‪Adams‬‬
‫)ﻭ( ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻏﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ‪(3‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﻡ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺭﺟﻣﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-3‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-3‬‬

‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﻌﻼﻗﺔ )ﻭ( ﻋﻝ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﻌﻼﻗﺔ )ﺃﻭ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻥ ﻧﺗﻣﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺳﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻠﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻌﻁﻳﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ True or False‬ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻭﻫﺎ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﺳﻌﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻥ ‪ %70‬ﻣﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻧﻧﺷﺊ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 8‐3‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻧﻪ ‪ H6:H7‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=G12>0.7*AVERAGE($G$12:$G$136‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﻧﻔﺫ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺳﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺑﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻲ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ True‬ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺿﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ %70‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺭ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ D12‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺳﺑﻲ ﻷﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺭ ‪ $G$12:$G$136‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻘﺔ ﻷﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ( ﻓﻠﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ AVERAGE‬ﻧﺳﺑﻳﺎ ﻻﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪8-3‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺔ ‪ Adams‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ %70‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﺩﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 9-3‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺃﺿﻔﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﻛﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﺑﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻳﻥ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ )ﻭ( ﻓﻭﺿﻌﻧﺎ ‪ adams‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻳﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪33‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪9-3‬‬

‫‪34‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪35‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪36‬‬
https://maktbah.net

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬
ARRAYS FORMULAS
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫‪ .4‬ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻘﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻓﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺻﻳﻎ ﻣﻌﻘﺩﺓ ﻳﺻﻌﺏ ﺍﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻓﺭﺍﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻣﺩﺧﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﺩﺧﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1‐4‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﻭﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-4‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻭ ﻧﻼﺣﻅ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺗﻛﺗﺏ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻓﻠﻭ ﻧﻅﺭﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻧﺟﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ُﻣﺩﺧﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻭﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻳﺔ ‪ .Karley brackets‬ﻭﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻧﺣﻥ –ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ‪ -‬ﻧﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﻧﻔﺭﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻧﺣﻥ ﻧﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 2-4‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪ D‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ D2‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺳﺧﻬﺎ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ‬
‫‪=B2*C2‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺳﻧﺻﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺗﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﺟﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-4‬‬

‫‪39‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﺩﻳﻠﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ )ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ( ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫‪ .D2:D7‬ﺗﺷﻐﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ‪ 6‬ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﻳﻔﺎ ﻣﻥ ‪ 6‬ﻗﻳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﻧﺷﺎء ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺻﻔﻳﻑ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻧﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪.D2:D7‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪=B2:B7*C2:C7‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ Enter‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪.CTRL+SHIFT+ENTER‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﺣﺻﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻙ ﺳﺗﺟﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫}‪{=B2:B7*C2:C7‬‬

‫‪ 4‐3‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫‪40‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﻗﻭﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺻﻔﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺑﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪ 6‬ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﺛﻧﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﺧﺯﻧﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻗﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﻳﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ B2:B7‬ﻗﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ C2:C7‬ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﻓﺈﻧﻙ ﺑﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 6‬ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﻔﺳﺭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ‪ 6‬ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﺩﺓ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺟﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﺗﻣﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻣﺭ ﻳﻘﻠﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻘﺻﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻳﻑ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺗﺩﺋﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺑﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻼﻋﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻳﻎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻧﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ )ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ(‬
‫})‪{=SUM (B2:B7*C2:C7‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺫﻛﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ‪ Ctrl+Shift+Enter‬ﻭﺃﻻ ﺗﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻷﻗﻭﺍﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ‪ . D‬ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻔﻳﻔﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻳﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ B2:B7‬ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ‪ .C2:C7‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺑﺿﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻳﻔﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﻧﺷﺎء‬
‫ﺻﻔﻳﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ SUM‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻳﻑ ﻭ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻭﺿﺣﻪ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻳﺱ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻭﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺳﺭﺩ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻗﻭﺳﻳﻥ ﻣﻧﺣﻧﻳﻳﻥ }{‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫}‪{10,0,5,25‬‬
‫ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﺛﻧﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)}‪=SUM({1,2,3,4}*{5,6,7,8‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳﻭﺏ ‪ RAM‬ﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺿﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺗﻳﻥ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫}‪{5,12,21,32‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ SUM‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻛﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﻭﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪.70‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ )ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ( ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺣﻧﻳﻳﻥ‬
‫}{ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻛﺗﺏ ﻫﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﻗﻭﺍﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻣﺎ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ‪Ctrl+Shift+Enter‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺭﻧﺎ ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﺳﺑﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺎ ً ﺃﻭ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻳﺎً‪.‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ )‪ (,‬ﻭﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﻓﻘﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫}‪{40,5,45,12‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﺗﺟﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫}‪={40,5,45,12‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Ctrl+Shift+Enter‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻁﺔ );( ﻭﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ‪:‬‬
‫}‪{12;45;78;50‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﺗﺟﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫}‪={12;45;78;50‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Ctrl+Shift+Enter‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﺎﺋﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ )‪ (,‬ﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻁﺔ );(‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻱ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪ 3‬ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭ ‪4‬‬
‫ﺃﻋﻣﺩﺓ‪:‬‬
‫}‪{1,2,3;4,5,6;7,8,9;10,11,12‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫}‪={1,2,3;4,5,6;7,8,9;10,11,12‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ‪.Ctrl+Shift+Enter‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 4-4‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪D3:F9‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-4‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 5-4‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ K10:M12‬ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻗﺎ ً ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫}‪{=K5:M7‬‬

‫‪ 4‐5‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ K10:M12‬ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ K5:M7‬ﻭﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺃﻱ‬

‫ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ K5:M7‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪. K10:M12‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻗﺎﻣﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪ K10:M12‬ﺑﺎﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﺭﺗﺑﺎﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪K5:M7‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺑﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ K5:M7‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ ، K10:M12‬ﻧﺿﻊ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ F9‬ﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪ Ctrl+Shift+Enter‬ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺃﺻﺑﺣﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻗﻳﻣﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻳﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 6-4‬ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﺻﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺣﺭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﺩﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B1‬ﻭﻧﺳﺧﻬﺎ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻝ‬
‫)‪=LEN(A1‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ SUM‬ﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺗﻌﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻷﻱ ﺻﻳﻎ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫}))‪{=SUM(LEN(A1:A14‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ LEN‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫}‪5‬؛‪5‬؛‪5‬؛‪4‬؛‪5‬؛‪5‬؛‪4‬؛‪5‬؛‪4‬؛‪4‬؛‪5‬؛‪2‬؛‪3‬؛‪{2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫}))}‪{=SUM({5;5;5;4;5;5;4;5;4;4;5;2;3;2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪6-4‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺟﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﺭﻯ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﺭﻯ( ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ A1:A10‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫}))}‪;{1,2,3‬ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ(‪{=SUM(SMALL‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ .SMALL‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﻳﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ SMALL‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺻﻔﻳﻔﺎ ً ﺛﺎﺑﺗﺎ ﻛﻭﺳﻳﻁ ٍ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺣﺩ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻛﻭﺳﻳﻁ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ‪ 1‬ﻭﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ SMALL‬ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ ‐5‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻲ ‪ 2‬ﻭﺗﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ 0‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻲ ‪ 3‬ﻭﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ .2‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ SUM‬ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫}‪{‐5,0,2‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ‪‐3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-4‬‬

‫‪47‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻭﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ IF‬ﻟﻔﺣﺹ ﻛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪ 0‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻫﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻧﺹ ﺃﻡ ﻻ )ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﻛﻝ ﻧﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ 1‬ﻭﻛﻝ ﺷﻲء ﺁﺧﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ .(0‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ SUM‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺻﻭﺹ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫}))‪{=SUM(IF(ISTEXT(A1:D5);1;0‬‬

‫‪ 4‐8‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ﻭﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ‪:‬‬

‫})‪{=SUM(ISTEXT(A1:D5)*1‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ IF‬ﻭﺗﺳﺗﻔﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪TRUE*1=1‬‬
‫‪FALSE*1=0‬‬

‫‪48‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ؛ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ ISTEXT‬ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻗﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ‪ TRUE‬ﺃﻭ ‪FALSE‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺿﺭﺏ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 1‬ﻓﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻗﻳﻣﻬﺎ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 0‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺟﻣﻊ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻫﻝ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ؟‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ؛ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ D3‬ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﻫﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪C3‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﻌﻁﻰ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪9-4‬‬

‫‪49‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺣﻳﺙ‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺑﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺻﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫‪ 10-4‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺗﺣﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪ D‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻣﺗﺣﺎﻧﻳﻥ ﻭﺗﺣﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ D17‬ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﺏ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=AVERAGE(D2:D15‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪ .D‬ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻳﻎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪:D‬‬
‫})‪{=AVERAGE(C2:C15‐B2:B15‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺻﻔﻳﻔﻳﻥ ﻳﻣﺛﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻗﻳﻥ ‪ B2:B15‬ﻭ ‪ C2:C15‬ﻭﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺗﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳﻭﺏ ﺛﻡ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ AVERAGE‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻛﻭﺳﻳﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪10-4‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺷﻬﺭ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻛﺭﺓ ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﻧﺷﺊ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﻸﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ؛ ﻟﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﻳﻧﺎﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ‪1500،680،369‬‬
‫(ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺟﻣﻊ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫}))‪{=SUM(IF(MONTH(B4:B13)=H4;C4:C13;0‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ .H4‬ﻭﻫﻧﺎ ﻧﺣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ MONTH‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﻰ )ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MONTH‬ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ( ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ IF‬ﻻﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ( ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ IF‬ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MONTH‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ H4‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ‪ .C4:C13‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺟﻣﻊ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪.SUM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪11-4‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻳﺩﺓ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻫﻭﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 12-4‬ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺃﺗﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪COUNTA‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ A5:A17‬ﻣﺛﻼ ﻷﻥ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺓ )ﻣﺛﻼ ‪ Kamal‬ﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺍﺕ( ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ COUNTA‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻧﻪ ﻋﺩ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺧﺎﻁﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻝ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﻁﺎء ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ‪ Kamal‬ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻭﺯﻥ ‪ Kamal‬ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻫﻭ ‪ 1.33333=3/1‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺟﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻳﻡ )ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺟﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ‪ 1‬ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ‪ 3‬ﻭﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ(‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫}))‪{=SUM(1/COUNTIF(A5:A17;A5:A17‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ COUNTIF‬ﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ) ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ COUNTIF‬ﺗﺄﺧﺫ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻭ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻧﺎ ﻫﻭ ‪A5:A15‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ (‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺧﺯﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ‪ 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻻﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻣﻊ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ SUM‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪52‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫‪ 4‐12‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻫﺎ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻛﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﻫﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺗﻲ ‪ FREQUENCY‬ﻭ ‪.TRANSPOSE‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪FREQUENCY‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺣﺳﺏ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ FREQUENCY‬ﺳﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻧﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻔﻳﻥ )ﻣﻣﺛﻠﻳﻥ ﺑﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻲ( ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺑﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﻣﻭﻅﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻔﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺿﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺗﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ D3:D11‬ﻓﻣﺛﻼً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ E5‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻔﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﻳﻥ ﺿﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ "ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ "10000‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ E6‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻔﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﻳﻥ ﺿﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ " ﻣﻥ ‪ 10000‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ "20000‬ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ E5:E11‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫})‪{=FREQUENCY(B:B;D3:D11‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪CTRL+SHIFT+ENTER‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‪13-414‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪-4‬‬

‫‪54‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪TRANSPOSE‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ TRANSPOSE‬ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻛﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 15-4‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺑﻌﺩﺩ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻫﻭ ‪ (A3:I6‬ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﺃﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﻳﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ )ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺃﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺗﺳﻊ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ( ﻭﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫})‪{=TRANSPOSE(A3:I6‬‬
‫‪ CTRL+SHIFT+ENTER‬ﻓﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪16-4‬‬ ‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪15-4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪16-4‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻭﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﻧﻌﻛﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺫﻛﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﺻﻖ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭﻩ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﺳﺦ ‪ Copy‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻭﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ Paste Special‬ﻟﺻﻖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Transpose‬ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪17-4‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪57‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪58‬‬
https://maktbah.net

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
DATABASE FUNCTIONS
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺗﺟﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺷﺭﻭﻁ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺭﻑ ‪ D‬ﻣﻥ "‪"Database‬‬
‫ﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫‪DAVERAGE‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪DCOUNT‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪DCOUNTA‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪DGET‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪DMAX‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪DMIN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪DPRODUCT‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩًﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪DSTDEV‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩًﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪DSTDEVP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪DSUM‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩًﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪DVAR‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩًﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪DVARP‬‬

‫‪60‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺩﺍﻻﺕ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺭﺃﻳﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﺛﻧﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺍﺳﻣﻪ ‪ ( Data‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻣﺟﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﻓﺑﺭﺍﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ DSUM‬ﺃﻋﺩﺩﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ‪ B1:C2‬ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﻳﻧﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻡ)‪ . (criteria‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ J6‬ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=DSUM(data; $F$6;Criteria‬‬

‫‪ 5‐1‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ﻭﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﺛﻝ ‪DAVERAGE, DMIN, DMAX‬‬

‫‪61‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪DGET‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ DGET‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺭﺝ ﺳﺟﻝ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺗﺫﻛﻳﺭ‪ :‬ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻓﻧﺣﻥ ﻧﻌﻧﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺳﺟﻝ ﻓﻧﺣﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻧﻲ ﺻﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪DGET‬‬
‫ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻭﻅﻔﻲ ﺍﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ A2‬ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﻅﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ‬
‫‪.B2:D2‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻥ ﻧﺣﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺳﻣﻳﻧﺎﻩ ‪ Employees‬ﻭﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ‪ A1:A2‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻭﺿﻌﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻑ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺳﻣﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ‪.Criteria‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﻥ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪:B2‬‬

‫)‪=DGET(Employees;B1;Criteria‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﻌﻣﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪ C2:D2‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪DGET‬‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-5‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ DGET‬ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﻳﻧﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻡ ‪ Data1‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ .E3‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺑﺣﺙ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﺛﻝ‬
‫‪ Index‐Match‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ DGET‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻً ﻧﻌﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻳﻳﺭ ﻭﻫﻭ ‪ B2:C3‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﻳﻧﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻡ ‪ Criteria1‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫‪:E3‬‬
‫)‪=DGET(Data1;D7;criteria1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-5‬‬

‫‪63‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪64‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪65‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ‬

‫‪66‬‬
https://maktbah.net

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
ADVANCED LOOKUP FUNCTIONS
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫‪ .6‬ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪VLOOKUP‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ VLOOKUP‬ﻣﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﻅﻔﻳﻥ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻑ ﻭﺍﺳﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺭﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻣﺛﻼً ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺩﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﻲ ﺑﺷﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ VLOOKUP‬ﻫﻭ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫)]‪VLOOKUP(lookup_value; table_array; col_index_num; [range_lookup‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪68‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫‪ Lookup_value‬ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺩﻻﻟﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Table_array‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ col_index_num‬ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ range_lookup‬ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺎ ﻧﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻙ‪ 0‬ﺃﻭ ‪ FALSE‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺎ ﻧﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻲ ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪.TRUE‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪.1‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‪/‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ range_lookup‬ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪ TRUE‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻣﺣﺫﻭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﺟﺏ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻗﻳﻡ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟـ ‪ table_array‬ﺑﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﻓﺭﺯ ﺗﺻﺎﻋﺩﻱ؛ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻻ ﺗُﺭﺟﻊ ‪VLOOKUP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ‪ range_lookup‬ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ، FALSE‬ﻓﻼ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﻔﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ‪table_array.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁﺔ ‪ range_lookup‬ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ‪ ، FALSE‬ﺳﺗﻌﺛﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪VLOOKUP‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪table_array‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ‪ ،lookup_value‬ﻓﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺛﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ‪#N/A‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺩﻻﻟﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ VLOOKUP‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻳﺑﻳﻥ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻑ ﻭﺭﻗﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪B2‬‬
‫ﺑﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺭﻗﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ .B1‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫)‪=VLOOKUP(B1;D1:E11;2;FALSE‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B1‬ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺩﻻﻟﺗﻬﺎ )ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻑ – ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ( ﻭ ‪ D1:E11‬ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ‪ 2‬ﻫﻭ ﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ )ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻑ( ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻪ ‪FALSE‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ 0‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪69‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-6‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ VLOOKUP‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻲ‬

‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻭﻅﻔﻲ ﺍﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻳﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻭﻅﻑ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻡ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺭﻭﺍﺗﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﻠﺟﺄ ﻟﻠﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻً ﺗﻡ ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺋﻡ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻭﺿﻌﻧﺎ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺗﺏ )ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺩﻻﻟﺗﻬﺎ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺗﻡ ﻓﺭﺯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺗﺻﺎﻋﺩﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﻓﻣﺛﻼً ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻅﻑ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺗﺏ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ 5000‬ﺳﻳﻁﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻳﺑﺔ ‪ %1‬ﻭ ﻣﻥ ‪ 5000‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ 2500‬ﺳﻳﻁﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻳﺑﺔ ‪ %5‬ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫)‪=VLOOKUP(J2;$L$1:$M$10;2;1‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ L1:M10‬ﻋﻥ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ ) J2‬ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺗﺏ(‪ ،‬ﺗﻡ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ $L$1:$M$10‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﺳﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻧﺎ ﺗﻌﻣﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪70‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-6‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ VLOOKUP‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻟﻠﺑﺣﺙ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ VLOOKUP‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻭﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺪﻭﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻨﺪﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺫﻭﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪ Table1‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺬﻭﻱ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪3‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ ‪ .Table2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫)‪=VLOOKUP(C2;IF(B2<3;Table1;Table2);2‬‬

‫‪71‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﻟﺔ )ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ( ﺑﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ IF‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ‪ D2‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺣﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-6‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪MATCH‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻲ ﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‪/‬ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪ A‬ﻳﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ C2‬ﺿﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪Match‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=MATCH(C2;A2:A31;0‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ‪/‬ﺑﺩﻻﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﻲ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻳﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ‪0‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪1-‬‬

‫‪72‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-6‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻫﻲ ‪ ،1‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﺻﻐﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺗﺻﺎﻋﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ 0‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ Match‬ﺗﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ‬
‫ﻋﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ ‐1‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﺗﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺻﻐﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺗﻧﺎﺯﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﺟﺎﻫﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﺗﺭﺿﻪ ‪.1‬‬

‫‪73‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ Match‬ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ C2‬ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪A‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻛﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺟﺩ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ‪ #NA‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ IF‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻔﺣﺹ ﻫﻝ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﻫﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺧﻁﺄ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺧﻁﺄ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ "ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ" ﻭﺍﻻ ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)"ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ"؛"ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ";))‪=IF(ISERROR(MATCH(C2;A:A;0‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ ISERROR‬ﻟﻔﺣﺹ ﻫﻝ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﺧﻁﺄ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪INDEX‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDEX‬ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻧﺳﺑﻲ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪) C3:C7‬ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ (5-6‬ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=INDEX(C3:C7;4‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDEX‬ﺗﺄﺧﺫ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺛﺎﻟﻧﺎ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻟﻭ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ C3:J7‬ﻓﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=INDEX(C3:J7;3;4‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪74‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪5-6‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDEX‬ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ )ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ (6-6‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ C3:J7‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﻭﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺷﺣﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻝ ﺗﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪ P‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩﻳﻥ ‪ Q‬ﻭ ‪ R‬ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻬﺩﻑ ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=INDEX($C$3:$J$7;Q2;R2‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻭ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﻌﻣﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪75‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪6-6‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺗﻲ ‪ INDEX‐MATCH‬ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺙ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭ ﻣﺭﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺭﻓﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺗﻲ ‪ INDEX‬ﻭ ‪ MATCH‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻭﺭﺃﻳﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺍ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻫﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺗﻛﻣﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪INDEX‐MATCH‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 7-6‬ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻘﻠﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﺗﻣﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺹ ﺫﻭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪P2‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ َ ‪. Q2‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻲ ﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﺩ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪ M‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=MATCH(P2;M:M;0‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDEX‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺣﺻﻠﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪MATCH‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪ .N‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫))‪=INDEX(N:N;MATCH(P2;M:M;0‬‬

‫‪76‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-6‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ VLOOKUP‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺗﻲ ‐‪INDEX‬‬
‫‪ MATCH‬ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ VLOOKUP‬ﺗﺷﺗﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺩﻻﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ‪.INDEX‐MATCH‬‬

‫ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺗﻲ ‪INDEX‐MATCH‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺣﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺳﻣﺣﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪ B1‬ﻭ ‪ B2‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪.B8‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪8-6‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )ﺍﻧﺯﻳﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ( ﻭﺭﻗﻡ ﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ )ﺍﻧﺯﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺯﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪:B4‬‬
‫)‪=MATCH(B1;E2:E14;0‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ‪ B1‬ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻭ ‪ E2:E12‬ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺯﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪:B5‬‬
‫)‪=MATCH(B2;F1:J1;0‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ‪ B2‬ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻭ ‪ F1:J1‬ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﺫﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻌﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪ B4‬ﻭ ‪B5‬‬
‫ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDEX‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B6‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B1‬ﻟﻠﺷﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ B2‬ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=INDEX(F2:J14;B4;B5‬‬

‫‪78‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ‪ F2:J14‬ﻫﻭ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪:B8‬‬
‫))‪=INDEX(F2:J14;MATCH(B1;E2:E14;0);MATCH(B2;F1:J1;0‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪9-6‬‬

‫ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺗﻲ ‪INDEX‐MATCH‬‬

‫ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺿﻁﺭﺍ ً ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻡ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻘﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻅﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ )ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ (11-6‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ D1:F12‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺩﻳﻼﺗﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻛﻝ ﺳﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺩﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺩﺧﻠﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺗﻳﻥ ‪ B1:B2‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻠﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﻳﻥ ﻭ ﻟﻳﺱ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪79‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪11-6‬‬
‫‪ 6‐10‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﻲ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺣﻘﻝ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺩﻳﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 12-6‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ‪ .‬ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫))‪=INDEX(G1:G12;MATCH(B1&B2;F1:F12;0‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪12-6‬‬

‫‪80‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻲ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDEX‬ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺩ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺣﺻﻠﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ‪.MATCH‬‬
‫ﻟﻧﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻗﻠﻳﻼ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ )‪ MATCH(B1&B2;F1:F12;0‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺩﻻﻟﺗﻬﺎ( ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺩﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﺎ )ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻘﻠﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﻳﻥ( ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻁﻬﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺑﺎﻁ &‪ .‬ﻭﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ‪ F1:F12‬ﻫﻭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺭﺑﻁ ﺣﻘﻠﻲ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺩﻳﻝ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻧﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪13-6‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻻﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺳﺗﻐﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﺿﻔﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ )ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻭﺩﻳﻝ( ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫))‪=INDEX(F1:F12;MATCH(B1&B2;D1:D12&E1:E12;0‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻧﺳﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ‪ Ctrl+Shift+Enter‬ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪81‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﺣﺻﻠﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ D1:D12&E1:E12‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﻛﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻟﻠﺑﺣﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪14-6‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDEX‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDEX‬ﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻳﻥ )ﻛﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 15-6‬ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫)]‪INDEX(reference, row_num, [column_num], [area_num‬‬

‫‪ 6‐15‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫‪82‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDEX‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ Reference‬ﻭﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ Row_num‬ﻭﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ Column_num‬ﻭﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ Area_num‬ﻭﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ‪Row_num‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ Column_num‬ﻣﻧﻪ ‪.‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺣﺩﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ،1‬ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ،2‬ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺣﺫﻑ‪ ، Area_num‬ﻓﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDEX‬ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ ‪.1‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻄﺔ ‪ Reference‬ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ )‪ ،(A1:B4,D1:E4,G1:H4‬ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫‪Area_num 1‬ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‪ ، A1:B4‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪ Area_num 2‬ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ‪ D1:E4‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪Area_num3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ‪G1:H4‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ INDEX‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬

‫ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 16-6‬ﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻟﻌﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺑﺣﺙ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDEX‬ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ )ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺑﺄﻧﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﻣﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪: ( banana, pear, and apple:‬‬
‫‪=INDEX((banana;pear;apple);MATCH(N5;A1:A6;0);MATCH(N4;A1:J1;0);IF(N‬‬
‫)))‪3="banana";1;IF(N3="pear";2;3‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻛﻭﺳﻳﻁ‪/‬ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ ،INDEX‬ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫)ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ( ﺣﺻﻠﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﺣﺩﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ IF‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ 1‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ‪ Banana‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ‪ Pear‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ‪.Apple‬‬
‫ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ N3‬ﻫﻭ ‪ Apple‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ IF‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 3‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ‪.Apple‬‬

‫‪83‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪16-6‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪INDIRECT‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDIRECT‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻗﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺭﻧﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺄﺧﺫ ﻧﺹ ﻛﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﻭﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)”‪=INDIRECT(“a2‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ( ﻓﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﻭﻫﻭ ‪ A2‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ A2‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻛﺗﺑﻧﺎ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪.INDIRCT‬‬

‫‪84‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻓﻠﻭ ﻁﺑﻘﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ J2‬ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺳﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫‪.A2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪17-6‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﻁ & ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ‪ Reference text‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪INDIRECT‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=INDIRECT(J4&J3‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪B3‬‬

‫‪ 6‐18‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫‪85‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻋﺭﺽ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﺧﻳﺻﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻑ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 19-6‬ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻛﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻭﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎﺓ ‪ INDIRECT‐1‬ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺧﺹ ‪ INDIRECT‐1‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ‬
‫ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B9‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﻌﻣﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪.B10:B12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ G6‬ﻣﻥ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ ‪ East‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪=East!G6‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪19-6‬‬

‫‪86‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)"‪=INDIRECT(A9&"!"&"g6‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺗﻌﻣﻳﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﻫﻧﺎ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ‪ 50‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻓﺳﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻣﻳﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪.INDIRECT‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪20-6‬‬

‫‪87‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪: 2‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDIRECT‬ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ C2‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ D2‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪.C2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪21-6‬‬

‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻧﺳﻣﻲ ﺃﻭﻻ ً ﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻥ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻣﺛﻼً ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺃﺭﻳﺯﻭﻧﺎ ‪ G3:Q3‬ﺏ ‪ .AZ‬ﻭﺃﺳﻬﻝ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺗﺳﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺩﻥ ‪ F3:Q14‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ‪ Formulas‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫‪) Defined names‬ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ( ﺛﻡ ‪) Create From Selection‬ﺍﻻﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ(‬
‫ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ ‪Left column‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﻳﺳﺭ( ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺄﺧﺫ ﻛﻝ ﺻﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻳﺳﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪88‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪22-6‬‬

‫ﻭﻻﻧﺷﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B3‬ﺗﺳﺭﺩ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B3‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬
‫‪) Data‬ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ( ﺛﻡ ‪) Data Validation‬ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ( ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪) Allow‬ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﺡ( ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫‪) List‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ( ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪.F3:F14‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪23-6‬‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﻻﻧﺷﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ C3‬ﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ‪ B3‬ﻧﻘﻑ ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪C3‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Data validation‬ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ List‬ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Allow‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ‬
‫‪ source‬ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪89‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫)‪=INDIRECT(B3‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDIRECT‬ﻫﻧﺎ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪.B3‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﻗﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺩﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Home‬ﺛﻡ ‪) Find and select‬ﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ( ﺛﻡ ‪) Go to special‬ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺹ( ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪) Blanks‬ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ(‪ .‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻭﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪.Delete‬‬

‫‪ 6‐24‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫‪90‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDIRECT‬ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ً ﻧﺣﻥ ﺃﺟﺭﻳﻧﺎ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺟﺎﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺗﻲ ‪ INDEX‐MATCH‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻧﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﺳﻬﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪INDIRECT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪25-6‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻛﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻧﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺫ ﻛﻝ ﺻﻑ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺳﻬﻝ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺗﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ D2:H14‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Formulas‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ‪ Definbed Names‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ‪Create From‬‬
‫‪ Selection‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪.Left Column‬‬

‫‪91‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ E1:H14‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Formulas‬ﺛﻡ ‪Create From‬‬
‫‪ Selection‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪.Top Row‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=INDIRECT(B1) INDIRECT(B2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ INDIRECT‬ﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪ B1‬ﻭ ‪ B2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ )" "( ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ‪ (B1‬ﻣﻊ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ )ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ‪.(B2‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪OFFSET‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ OFFSET‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﻭﻳﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)]‪OFFSET(reference, rows, cols, [height], [width‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺑﻧﺎء ﺟﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ OFFSET‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ Reference‬ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻣﻧﻪ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ؛ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ OFFSET‬ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪!VALUE#.‬‬
‫‪ Rows‬ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ‪/‬ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻋﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻝ ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﺎﻟﺏ ﻓﺎﻟﺗﺣﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Cols‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻭﺟﺏ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻟﻠﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﺎﻟﺏ ﻓﺎﻟﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻟﻠﻳﺳﺎﺭ )ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻳﻣﻳﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ Height‬ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻋﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ Width‬ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻋﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪92‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻓﻠﻭ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺑﻌﺩ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ A1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪26-6‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫)‪=OFFSET(A1;4;0‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ A1‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻭﺑﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻫﻭ ‪ 0‬ﻷﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻐﻧﺎء ﻋﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻋﻪ ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻁﻭﻝ ﻭﻋﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪26-6‬‬

‫‪93‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻭﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻟﻭ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ‪ 3‬ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻭﻳﺑﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪B1‬‬
‫ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ 4‬ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫))‪=SUM(OFFSET(B1;4;0;3;1‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺣﺻﻠﻧﺎ ﺃﻭﻻً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ OFFSET‬ﺛﻡ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻧﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ SUM‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻧﺄﺧﺫ ﻣﺛﺎﻻً ﺍﺧﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ OFFSET‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪ A‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ .D2‬ﻭﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=OFFSET(A1;COUNTA(A:A)‐1;0‬‬

‫‪ 6‐27‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ‪ A1‬ﻛﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺗﺣﺭﻛﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺻﻠﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪ COUNTA(A:A)‐1‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻏﻳﺭ‬

‫‪94‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪ A‬ﻣﻁﺭﻭﺣﺎ ً ﻣﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻷﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ .A1‬ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ‪ 0‬ﻟﻠﻭﺳﻳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﻷﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻡ ﺍﻫﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺭ‪ :‬ﻟﻭ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺭﻑ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﻌﺭ ﺍﻻﻏﻼﻕ ﻷﺧﺭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫))‪=AVERAGE(OFFSET(B1;COUNTA(B:B)‐1;0;‐3;1‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ OFFSET‬ﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺧﻼﻳﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪OFFSET(B1;COUNTA(B:B)‐1;0;‐3;1‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ B1‬ﻛﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﺭﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺻﻠﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺗﺣﺭﻛﻪ ﺑﺩءﺍ ً ﻣﻥ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ ،COUNTA(B:B)‐1‬ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ‪ 0‬ﻷﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﻫﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺗﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﺏ ﻷﻧﻧﺎ ﺗﺣﺭﻛﻧﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪) B‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ (B9‬ﻭﻛﻲ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺃﻋﻣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﺭﺟﻊ ‪) 1‬ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ 6‐28‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫‪95‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪CHOOSE‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ CHOOSE‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﺣﺩﻯ ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺑﺩﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪CHOOSE(index_num; value1; [value2], ...‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ index_num‬ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ CHOOSE‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺫ ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ 254‬ﻗﻳﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=CHOOSE(3;B6;C6;D6;E6;F6;G6‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺑﻬﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪.119‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪29-6‬‬

‫‪96‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪CHOOSE‬‬

‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 30-6‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺷﻬﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ )ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪(K4‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪.K8‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫))‪=SUM(B6:CHOOSE(K4;B6;C6;D6;E6;F6;G6‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻳﻣﺗﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B6‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻬﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻧﺎﻳﺭ ﻭﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ ،K4‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺣﺻﻠﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ CHOOSE‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ )‪ CHOOSE(K4;B6;C6;D6;E6;F6;G6‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻋﻬﺎ )ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ (K4‬ﻭﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﺷﻬﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪30-6‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺟﻌﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ K2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻟﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫))‪=SUM(B6:CHOOSE(MATCH(K4;N3:N14;0);B6;C6;D6;E6;F6;G6‬‬

‫‪97‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫‪ 6‐31‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺭﻳﺢ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻠﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MATCH‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ N3:N14‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Data Validation‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Data‬ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻡ ‪ Data Validation‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ ‪ Data Validation‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ‪ List‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Allow‬ﻭﻧﺩﺧﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪) Source‬ﺷﻛﻝ ‪(32-6‬‬

‫‪98‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪32-6‬‬

‫‪99‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪100‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪101‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺩﺱ‬

‫‪102‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫‪ADVANCED CHARTING‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫‪ .7‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻟﻑ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺗﻬﺎ ﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻝ ﻳﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ً ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﺣﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻔﺣﺹ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻛﺳﻳﻝ ‪ 2013‬ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﺣﺗﻭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺟﺩﺍ ً ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻠﺑﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﺟﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻳﻔﺗﺭﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺭﻛﺯ ﻓﻳﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ‪ -‬ﻟﻣﺣﺔ ﺳﺭﻳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻧﻘﻑ ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺎً‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫‪ Insert‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ‪ Charts‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻛﺳﻳﻝ ‪ 2013‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ Recommended Charts‬ﺣﻳﺙ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻹﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺑﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻳﻘﺗﺭﺡ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻷﻓﺿﻝ ﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫‪ 1-7‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩﻱ ‪Bar Chart‬‬

‫‪104‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-7‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ +‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪) Chart Tools‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ( ﺃﻭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪ Format‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻘﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻳﻔﺗﺢ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻭﻣﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪105‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳﻼﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 3-7‬ﻣﺛﺎﻻ ﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻝ ‪ Total‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺛﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﺿﺣﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺳﻬﻝ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ )ﻳﺳﻣﻰ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ً ﺑﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺔ ‪ Category Axis‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﻲ ‪ ( X‐axis‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‪/‬ﺻﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪106‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-7‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 4-7‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺗﻳﻥ ﻓﺄﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ )ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻲ ‪ NW‬ﻭ ‪ (NE‬ﺗﻡ ﺇﻋﻁﺎء‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻟﻭﻥ ﻣﻣﻳﺯ ﻭﺗﻡ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺳﻳﻠﺔ ﺇﻳﺿﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻣﺧﻁﻁ ‪.Legend‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-7‬‬

‫‪107‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ )ﺑﻣﻌﻧﻰ ﺃﺩﻕ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﺛﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﺛﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Chart Tools‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ‪ Design‬ﺛﻡ ‪Switch Row‐Column‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪5-7‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻛﻝ ﻓﺋﺔ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺳﺑﻖ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪Select‬‬
‫‪ Data‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ ‪ Legend Entries‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ‪Select Data Source‬‬
‫ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺧﻠﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪108‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪6-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﻛﺩﺱ‬

‫ﺗـُﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺩﺳﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺎﻫﻣﺔ ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻓﺋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﻛﺩﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﺩﺱ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Clustered Column‬ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-7‬‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻛﻝ ﻓﺋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻝ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻗﻳﻡ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﻳﺯ ﻛﻝ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺑﻠﻭﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻭﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻘﻳﻣﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-7‬‬

‫‪109‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ ﻣﻛﺩﺱ ﺑﻧﺳﺑﺔ ‪( 100% Stacked Column Chart ) %100‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺩﺱ ‪ %100‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﻝ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻛﻝ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺇﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻳﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻛﻝ ﻓﺋﺔ ﺑﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﻛﻝ ﺟﺯء ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﺣﺩ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺔ ﻭﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻟﻠﻔﺋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪8-7‬‬

‫‪110‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳﺔ ‪Pie Charts‬‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺣﺟﻡ ﻛﻝ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺛﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺍ ً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺭﺳﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻤﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺮﺍ‪ً.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Insert‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Pie Chart‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪9-7‬‬

‫‪111‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺭﻳﺢ ﺛﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻧﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ً ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻫﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﻓﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻧﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﻟﻠﺧﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪10-7‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺛﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺻﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.3D‐Rotation‬‬

‫‪112‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪11-7‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﻭﺳﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻳﺿﺎﺡ ‪ ......‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪113‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ‪) Pie of Pie Charts‬ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ(‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻔﻳﺩ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻭﻭﺟﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺗﻬﺎ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﺍ ً ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﻛﺎﺩ ﺗُﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﻠﺟﺄ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻧﺑﺛﻘﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 12-7‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻝ ‪ Fun Computer games‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ Computer Hardware‬ﻭ ‪ Computer Software‬ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻠﺟﺄ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻣﺎ ﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪12-7‬‬

‫‪114‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Insert‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Pie Chart‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺭ ‪Pie of Pie Chart‬‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪13-7‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻳﺭﺳﻡ ﺁﺧﺭ ‪ 3‬ﻗﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺿﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺛﻡ ‪Format Data Series‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻥ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Series Option‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪) Split Series By‬ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ(‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻫﻧﺎ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .a‬ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﺎﺓ ‪ Position‬ﻭﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻳﻧﺗﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪115‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫‪ .b‬ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ Value‬ﻭﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﺭﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻝ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺗﻧﺗﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻱ‬
‫‪ .c‬ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ‪ Percentage‬ﻭﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻘﻝ ﻋﻥ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ )ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻫﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .d‬ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ‪ Custom‬ﻭﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻳﺩﻭﻱ ﻭﺻﺭﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺭﻏﺏ ﺑﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪14-7‬‬

‫‪116‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻁﺔ ‪Combo Charts‬‬

‫ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ ً ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻳﺿﻡ ﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﺫﻭﻱ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺑﻌﺿﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺗﺧﻳﻝ ﺃﻧﻙ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺭﻳﻑ ﻭﺗﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﺗﺷﻑ ﻫﻝ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺭﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ )ﺃﺣﺩﻫﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﻭﻻﺭﺍﺕ(‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻣﻧﻁﻖ ﻳﻘﻭﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻫﺫﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ‪ 2013‬ﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ‪ Combo Charts‬ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻣﻧﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ‪ Combo Charts‬ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺳﻼﺳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺳﻠﺳﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﻫﻣﺎ ﻣﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺷﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﻵﻻﻑ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻭ ﻣﺛﻠﻧﺎ ﻫﺎﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﺗﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﺎﻟﺳﻠﺳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺷﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻥ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻷﻥ ﻧﺳﺑﺗﻬﺎ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﺍ ً ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻵﻻﻑ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ‪Combo‬‬
‫‪ Chart‬ﻓﺎﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ – ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ ‪ -‬ﻳﻧﺷﺊ ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻭﻱ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺑﻣﻌﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺭ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﺑﻧﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺫﻭ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺩﻯ ﺳﻼﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻱ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Combo Charts‬‬

‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻔﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﺎﻣﺵ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ ﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻔﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﺎﻣﺵ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺢ‪ .‬ﻧﻼﺣﻅ ﺃﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻳﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺑﺎﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﺷﺩﺓ )ﺃﺣﺩﻫﻣﺎ ﻣﻣﺛﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﺑﻣﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻻﻑ( ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺛﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ‪.Combo Chart‬‬

‫‪117‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪15-7‬‬

‫ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪ Combo Chart‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Insert‬ﺛﻡ ‪Combo‬‬
‫‪ Chart‬ﻭﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪16-7‬‬

‫‪118‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻧﻼﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﻫﺎﻣﺵ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺢ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻰ‬
‫)‪ (Line Chart‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻔﺳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫‪.Bar Chart‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Design‬ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺛﻡ ‪Change‬‬
‫‪ Chart Type‬ﺛﻡ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﺳﻠﺗﻳﻥ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﺳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺃﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﻳﻔﺿﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺎﻭﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺣﺎﻭﺭ ‪ Axis Titles‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻧﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻣﻥ ﺳﻳﺷﺎﻫﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺗﺑﻌﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﺳﻼﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺯ ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪.Axis titles‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪17-7‬‬

‫‪119‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺛﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻗﻭﻱ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﺯ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺳﻧﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻧﻭﻋﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ؛ ﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ )ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺟﺎﺯ ‪(%100‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ‪ .%100‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﺊ ﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃُﻧﺟﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪18-7‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻً ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﺳﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻓﻧﺣﻥ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺳﺗﻐﻝ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺗﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺗﻘﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪120‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺗﺭﻣﻭﻣﺗﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺗﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺣﺻﻠﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻗﺳﻣﻧﺎ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼء ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻘﻁﺎﺑﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻳﻪ )‪ 1000‬ﻋﻣﻳﻝ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪19-7‬‬

‫ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺟﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻧﻁﻼﻗﺎ ً ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻧﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ )ﻻﺣﻅ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺳﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺫﻓﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺣﺫﻑ ﻭﺳﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻳﺿﺎﺡ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻅﻬﺭ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻛﺑﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺟﺎﺯ‬

‫‪121‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ Format Data Series‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺟﺯء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Series Options‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﻌﻳﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺎﻋﺩ ‪ Gap Width‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.0‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪20-7‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻭﻧﻅﻬﺭ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺻﻪ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻧﻅﻬﺭ‬
‫‪ Axis Options‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻧﻳﺎ ﺏ ‪ 0‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ﺏ ‪1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪21-7‬‬

‫‪122‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻭﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 23-7‬ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺟﺎ ﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺭﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻳﻌﺗﻣﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺻﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B21‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪.A26:A28‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ %50‬ﺩﺍﺋﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺧﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ "ﺑﻼ ﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ‪ "No Fill‬ﻭ"ﺑﻼ ﺧﻁ ‪) "No Border‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ( ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻣﺎ ﻣﻭﺯﻋﺗﺎﻥ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B21‬ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B26‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪=MIN(B21;100%)/2‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MIN‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﺭﻯ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺗﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪B21‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ %100‬ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻷﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MIN‬ﻳﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ‪ %100‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻅﻬﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ B27‬ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪=50% ‐ A26‬‬

‫ﻧﻁﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪123‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪22-7‬‬

‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻛﻘﻭﺍﻟﺏ ‪Charts Templates‬‬

‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻛﻘﻭﺍﻟﺏ ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻳﺳﺭ ﻭﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻓﻳﻭﻓﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻛﻘﺎﻟﺏ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻛﻘﺎﻟﺏ ‪.Save as Template‬‬

‫‪124‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪23-7‬‬

‫ﻭﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺏ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺏ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪All‬‬
‫‪ Charts‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Templates‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪24-7‬‬

‫‪125‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺗﺟﻣﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ‪Freeze Charts‬‬

‫ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ ﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻻﻫﻣﺎ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻛﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺣﻔﻅ ﻛﺻﻭﺭﺓ ‪ Copy as picture‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻟﺻﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪25-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺟﻌﻝ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﻳﻡ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺑﺩﻻ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻓﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺿﻊ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪ F9‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‪ alculate Now‬ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪.Formulas‬‬

‫‪126‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪26-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻘﻭﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻛﺗﻣﻠﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺩﺧﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 28-7‬ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺷﻲء‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻝ ‪.Sales‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪27-7‬‬

‫‪127‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ‪ 3‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻔﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻹﺑﻘﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺇﻋﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪.0‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻍ ﺑﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Design‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Select Data‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ Hidden and Empty Cells‬ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ‪ .Select Data Source‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ‪ Hidden and Empty Cells Settings‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺳﻧﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪28-7‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪29-7‬‬

‫‪128‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪129‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﺩﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻊ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪130‬‬
https://maktbah.net

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬
PIVOT TABLES AND CHARTS
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫‪ .8‬ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﺭﻳﺔ ‪Pivot Tables‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻭﺗﻠﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻧﺷﺊ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﻥ ﺩﻳﻧﺎﻣﻳﻛﻲ ﻳﺗﻧﺞ ﻋﻥ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺿﺧﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺷﺎﺑﻛﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﻣﻔﻳﺩ ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻌﻁﻳﻙ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻔﻬﻡ ﺁﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻫﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺗﻪ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻲ؛ ﻭﻟﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺫﻛﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻣﻭﻣﺎ ً ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﺗُﺳﻣﻰ ﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﺗُﺳﻣﻰ ﺳﺟﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ‪8‬‬

‫‪132‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﻭﻣﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺟﻼﺕ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺟﺩﺍ ً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻫﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻫﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻠﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺑﺳﻁﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺳﻬﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-8‬‬

‫ﻟﻧﻔﺗﺭﺽ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻘﻑ ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪ Insert‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ‪ Pivot Table‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ ‪Select a table or range‬‬
‫ﻧﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪/‬ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺳﻠﻳﻡ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪133‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫‪ 8‐2‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺣﻘﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ )ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺳﻬﺎ ﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ( ﻭﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻣﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﺩﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ‪ COLUMNS‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ‪ ROWS‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ‪ Values‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﻋﺭﺿﻪ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ‪ Filters‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪134‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻧﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ Salesperson‬ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ‪ Rows‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫‪ Values‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﺻﻔﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻰ ﺏ ‪ Total Cost‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪135‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-8‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﺑﺄﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﻘﺔ ﺃﺗﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ‪Summarize‬‬
‫‪ Values By‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻠﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪Value Field‬‬
‫‪ Settings‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻠﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪136‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪5-8‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪ :2‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﻭﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻣﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺃﺗﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﻭﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﻘﺔ ﺃﺗﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﻭﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺻﻔﻘﺔ ﺃﺗﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﻧﺳﺣﺏ ﺣﻘﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ‪ Salesperson‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ‪ ROWS‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻣﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻭﻝ؛ ﺣﻘﻝ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﺳﻡ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺭﺿﻪ ﻛﻝ ﺣﻘﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻠﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺣﺳﺏ ‪ Summarize Values By‬ﻧﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﻘﺔ ﺗﻣﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺍﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺻﻔﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪137‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪6-8‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪ :3‬ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻧﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻧﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻧﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ‪ ROWS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺻﻧﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-8‬‬

‫‪138‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪4‬‬

‫ﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﻊ ﻧﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺯء‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ‪ Filters‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪8-8‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪/‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪Value‬‬
‫‪ Field Settings‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪Number Format‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪9-8‬‬

‫‪139‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Analyze‬ﺛﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Clear‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﻫﻝ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺣﺫﻑ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﻡ ﺣﺫﻑ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪10-8‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﺟﺩﺍ ً ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺎ ﺑﻣﻌﻧﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻭ ﺣﺩﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﻛﺯ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻧﻌﻛﺱ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺎ ً‬
‫ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺙ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻳﺩﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪Analyze‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ‪.Refresh‬‬

‫‪140‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪11-8‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻹﻋﻁﺎء ﺳﺗﺎﻳﻝ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Design‬ﺛﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪Pivot Table‬‬
‫‪ Styles‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ‪ .Pivot Table Style Options‬ﻭﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ‪ Layout‬ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Design‬ﺛﻡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ‪ Layout‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻁﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪12-8‬‬

‫‪141‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺗﻌﻁﻲ ﻣﺭﻭﻧﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻳﺩﻭﻳﺎ ً ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﻔﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﺑﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﻳﻥ ﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ )ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺑﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪ Ctrl‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺭ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ‪.Group‬‬
‫ﻧﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻧﺳﺗﺑﺩﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ‪Group1,‬‬
‫……‪ Group2,‬ﺑﺄﺳﻣﺎء ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻧﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪13-8‬‬

‫‪142‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺧﺎ ً ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺗﺎ ً ﻳﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺎً‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﺷﻬﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪14-8‬‬

‫‪143‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﻧﻧﺷﺊ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﻁﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻧﺳﺣﺏ ﺣﻘﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻓﻧﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪15-8‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺭ ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ‪Group‬‬
‫ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺑﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺳﻧﺗﻲ ‪ 2006‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ 2007‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪16-8‬‬

‫‪144‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪16-8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪17-8‬‬

‫‪145‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﻉ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪18-8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪18-8‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻳﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻋﺩﺩﺍ ً ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺃﺳﻬﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻳﺟﺎﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ‪ 10‬ﻗﻳﻡ )‪ 10-1‬ﻭ ‪ 20-11‬ﻭ ‪ 30-21‬ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ(‬
‫ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻧﺳﺣﺏ ﺣﻘﻝ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ ‪ Score‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺟﺯء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ‪ ROWS‬ﻭﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻟﺏ ‪ Student‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ‪ Values‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻧﻧﺷﺊ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ‪ Existing Worksheet‬ﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ‪.Create Pivot Table‬‬

‫‪146‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪19-8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪20-8‬‬

‫‪147‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ‪ Group‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻭﻫﻭ ‪ 10‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ‪ 1‬ﻭﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ‪ 100‬ﻓﻧﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪21-8‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪/‬‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ 0‬ﻭﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ‬
‫‪ 27‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻗﻳﻥ ‪ 10-1‬ﻭ‪ 20-11‬ﻻ ﻳﻅﻬﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻲ ﻧﺗﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ Field Settings‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Layout and Print‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪) Show Items with No Data‬ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻗﻳﻡ (‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪21-8‬‬

‫‪148‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧﺎ ً ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﻻﻧﺷﺎء ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺗﻧﺎﺩﺍ ً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﻳﻥ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺩﺭﺝ ﺣﻘﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺟﻝ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺟﻝ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺍﺣﺗﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﺟﺄ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﺃﺳﻬﻝ ﺑﻛﺛﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺟﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺗﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺩﺓ ﻭﺻﻌﺑﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺳﻧﺗﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻬﻭﻣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺣﻘﻝ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﺿﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 22-8‬ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ $ 120000‬ﻳﺄﺧﺫ ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺋﺔ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ‪ %1‬ﻣﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺭﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺣﻘﻝ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ )ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻧﺿﻁﺭ ﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺩﺓ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ‪ IF‬ﻭ ‪ ( SUMIF‬ﻭﺍﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻠﺟﺄ ﻻﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺣﻘﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪149‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪22-8‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻧﻧﺷﺊ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﻘﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻘﻝ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻰ ﺏ ‪ Extended price‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪23-8‬‬

‫‪150‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Analyze‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Fields, Items & Sets‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪Calculated‬‬
‫‪ Field‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ‪ .Insert Calculated Field‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Name‬ﻧﻌﻁﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﻣﺎ ً ﺛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Formula‬ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺣﺗﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪= IF('Extended Price'>=120000;0.01*'Extended Price';0‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﻟﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪Insert Field‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪24-8‬‬

‫‪151‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ‬

‫ﻫﻭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺿﻣﻥ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻫﻭ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﺈﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﻭﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻭﺍﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﺷﻬﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺳﺟﻼﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻝ ﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪25-8‬‬

‫‪152‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Analyze‬ﺛﻡ ‪Fields, Items‬‬
‫‪ & Sets‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Calculated Item‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ‪ Create calculated Item‬ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﺳﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ Q1‬ﻣﺛﻼً ﺛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Formula‬ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪= january+ february+ march‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .Add‬ﻭﻧﻛﺭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺳﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪/‬‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻅ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺟﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺳﻠﻳﻡ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻔﺿﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Design‬ﺛﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Grand Totals‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ‪.OFF‬‬

‫‪ 8‐26‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫‪153‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺳﻣﺎﺕ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ‪ Slicers‬ﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺳﻣﺎﺕ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻁﻳﻔﺔ ﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺿﻔﻲ ﺭﻭﻧﻘﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺩﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺫ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻻﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪ Slicer‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Analyze‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Insert Slicer‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻝ ‪ Slicer‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﻟﻔﻠﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ‪ (Slicer‬ﻓﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻝ ‪ Slicer‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 27-8‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻠﻔﻠﺗﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪27-8‬‬

‫‪154‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫‪ 8‐28‬ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻲ ‪ Timeline‬ﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬

‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ Timeline‬ﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺧﻁ ﺯﻣﻧﻲ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Analyze‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫‪ Insert Timeline‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻔﻠﺗﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪155‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪29-8‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪30-8‬‬

‫‪156‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻫﻭ ﺗﻣﺛﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺧﺻﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺑﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻓﻠﻥ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﻙ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻭﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Analyze‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Tools‬ﺛﻡ ‪.Pivot Chart‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Insert‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Chart‬ﺛﻡ ‪Pivot Chart‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Insert‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Charts‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Pivot Chart‬ﺃﻭ ‪Pivot Chart & Table‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 31-8‬ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻉ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Analyze‬ﺛﻡ ‪PivotChart‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ ﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻧﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪31-8‬‬

‫‪157‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﻳﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺑﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻧﻬﻣﺎ ﻳﻧﻌﻛﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ ﻓﻣﺛﻼً ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﻧﻌﻛﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻙ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁ ﺑﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺣﺫﻓﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻳﺑﻘﻰ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻳﺣﺗﻔﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺳﻣﺎﺕ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﻣﻧﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ً ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺿﻣﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻁﺑﻊ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻭﺇﻋﻁﺎء ﻛﻝ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁﺎﺕ ﺳﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪158‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪159‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻣﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪160‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺗﻣﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬
‫‪MACRO‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬

‫‪ .9‬ﺃﺗﻤﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻛﺮﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻛﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻧﺷﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺧﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﺗﺏ ﻛﻛﻭﺩ ﺑﺭﻣﺟﻲ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ ﺳﻧﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﺳﺟﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻳﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭﺓ ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻣﻬﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﻘﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻼﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺧﻁﻁ ﻟﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻑ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﺁﺧﺭﻳﻥ ﻓﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻑ ﻳﺳﻬﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺅﻻء ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻑ‪ .‬ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻣﺛﻼ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻳﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ‪ Developer‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Ribbon‬ﺛﻡ ‪) Customize the ribbon‬ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ(‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪Developer‬‬

‫‪162‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-9‬‬

‫ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺑﺳﻳﻁ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﻠﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Record Macro‬ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-9‬‬

‫‪163‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ‪ .Record Macro‬ﻧﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﺳﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻭ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻧﺩ ‪ Shortcut key‬ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻳﻥ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪.Store Macro in‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ‪ Store Macro in‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪) This workbook ‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻑ( ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻑ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻳﺟﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻑ ﺑﺎﻣﺗﺩﺍﺩ ‪xlsm‬‬
‫‪) New Workbook ‬ﻣﺻﻧﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ( ﺣﻳﺙ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺗﺢ ﻣﺻﻧﻑ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Personal Workbook ‬ﻣﺻﻧﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ(‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻑ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻔﻌﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻔﻌﻳﻠﻪ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ )ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻓﻳﻪ( ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻔﻳﺎً‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺳﻭﺏ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺧﺯﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﺈﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺳﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﻟﻠﺻﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻧﻌﻁﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ‪ Stop the Recording‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ‪.status bar‬‬

‫ﻻﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻳﺑﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ‪Macros‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺯﺭ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﺎﻡ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Ribbon‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪Customize the‬‬
‫‪) ribbon‬ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ(‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻧﻧﺷﺊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ‪ New Tab‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ‪New Group‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﺿﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪164‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-9‬‬

‫ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺭﺑﻁ ﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺯﺭ ‪ Button‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﻛﻝ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 4-9‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪Insert‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺭ ‪) Assign Macro‬ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ( ﻭﻧﻌﻳﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-9‬‬

‫‪165‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﻧﺷﺄﻧﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻘﺔ )ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ(‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻙ ﻟﻭ ﻛﻧﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻭﻧﻔﺫﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧُﻔﺫ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﺳﻧﻰ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Use Relative Reference‬‬
‫)ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻳﺔ( ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪5-9‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﺈﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﻟﻠﺧﻼﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﻭﺣﺩﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻭﺭﺑﻁﻬﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﻳﻥ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ Data Bar‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ "ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺕ" ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻘﺎ ً ﺷﺭﻁﻳﺎ ) ‪Data‬‬
‫‪ Bars‬ﺃﺷﺭﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﻧﻔﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻰ ﻓﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻁﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﻣﺎ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺳﺟﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Home‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Conditional Formatting‬ﺛﻡ ‪ .Data Bars‬ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‪. Stop The Recording‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻧﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺯﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ "ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻬﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺕ" ﺣﻳﺙ ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺳﺟﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬

‫‪166‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬

‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻁﻲ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Conditional Formatting‬ﺛﻡ ‪Clear‬‬
‫‪) Rules‬ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺯﺭﻳﻥ ‪ Buttons‬ﻧﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻧﻌﻁﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﻣﺎ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺎ ﻭﻧﺭﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪6-9‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ‪ Buttons‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺯﺭﻳﻥ ‪ Buttons‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺧﻁﻲ)‪ (Line Chart‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺃﻋﻣﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪.(Bar Chart‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺧﻁﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪167‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬

‫‪ .a‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Chart Tools‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Format‬ﺛﻡ ‪Change Chart‬‬

‫‪) Type‬ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ(‬
‫‪ .b‬ﻧﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻲ‬
‫‪ .c‬ﻧﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻁﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻣﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ‪ Buttons‬ﻭﻧﺭﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-9‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺟﺩﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻧﺷﺎﺅﻩ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ‪ Buttons‬ﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﺧﻳﺻﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ‪ Product‬ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻝ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ‪sales pearson‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ‪.Region‬‬

‫‪168‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬

‫ﻧﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .a‬ﻧﺿﻊ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺑﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﺭﻱ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ ‪ (A‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪Analyze‬‬
‫‪ .b‬ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Clear‬ﺛﻡ ‪Clear All‬‬
‫‪ .c‬ﻧﻧﺷﺊ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .i‬ﻧﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ‪ Product‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﻭﻑ‬
‫‪ .ii‬ﻧﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻝ ‪ Total Cost‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ‬
‫‪ .d‬ﻧﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻧﺳﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﻧﺩﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﻧﺳﻣﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﻣﺎء ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺭﺑﻁﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪8-9‬‬

‫‪169‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪170‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪171‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻛﺭﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﺳﻊ‬

‫‪172‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫‪CREATING INTERACTIVE WORKSHEETS‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫‪ .10‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻻﻧﺸﺎء ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻤﻞ‬

‫ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻖ ﻻﻧﺷﺎء ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻁﻠﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ‪ Form Controls‬ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻣﻣﺔ ﺧﺻﻳﺻﺎ‬
‫ﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺗﻔﺎﻋﻠﻳﺔ ﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻷﺩﺍء ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ Ribbon‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪Customize the ribbon‬‬
‫=< ﺛﻡ ﻧﻌﻠﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ‪.Developer‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ‪ Developer‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪ Insert‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬

‫‪174‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫‪ Form Controls‬ﻭ ‪ Form Controls .Active X controls‬ﻣﺻﻣﻡ ﺧﺻﻳﺻﺎ ﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‬

‫ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ‪ Active X Controls‬ﻣﺻﻣﻡ ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻣﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ‬
‫‪ .VBA‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻣﻊ ‪.Form Controls‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-10‬‬

‫ﻭﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻋﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺗﻪ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻣﻅﻬﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺑﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ‪) Format Control‬ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ( ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-10‬‬

‫‪175‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-10‬‬

‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺗﺑﻌﺎ ﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻛﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ )‪ ، (Tab‬ﻣﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪) Control‬ﺗﺣﻛﻡ( ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ‪ Check Box‬ﻳﻌﻁﻳﻧﺎ ﺁﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ True‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ‪ False‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ‪ Check Box‬ﻧﺗﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ‪ developer‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Insert‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪.Check Box‬‬

‫‪176‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻧﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪Format‬‬
‫‪) Control‬ﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪) Control‬ﺗﺣﻛﻡ( ﻻﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ‪ ) State‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ‪ ( Unchecked‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ‪ Linked Cell‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ‪Check Box‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﻛﻭﻥ ‪ True‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻣﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﻭ ‪ False‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-10‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-10‬‬

‫‪177‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Check Box‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﺈﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺇﺧﻔﺎء ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻡ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪Check Box‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 5-10‬ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻭ ﻟﻛﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ .2012‬ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 2011‬ﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ‪ .2011‬ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﺈﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎء ﺳﻠﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ‪ 2011‬ﺗﻣﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻣﻰ ﺏ‪show 2011 trends‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪5-10‬‬

‫‪178‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻠﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ‪ Format Control‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Control‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺏ ‪. A12‬‬
‫ﻧﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ B7:N9‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻧﺣﺻﻝ ﻋﻝ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﻧﺔ ‪ 2011‬ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻘﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﻳﺄﺧﺫ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 6-10‬ﻳﻅﻬﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ‪ 2012‬ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻓﺋﺔ ﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ‪ 2012‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫‪ C2:N2‬ﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪6-10‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2011‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﺈﻅﻬﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺧﻔﺎﺋﻪ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ A12‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ IF‬ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ‬
‫))(‪=IF($A$12=TRUE;C8;NA‬‬

‫‪179‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﻥ ﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ﺇﺧﻔﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻣﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﺑﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻧﻌﻁﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻅﻬﺭﺍ ﺃﺟﻣﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪Option Button‬‬

‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﺍ ً ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺍ ً ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻛﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺯﺭﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻛﺛﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻻﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻳﻠﻐﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻻﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻧﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Insert‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ‪ Developer‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪.Option Button‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻧﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺛﻡ ﻧﻔﺗﺢ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺻﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Control‬ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺑﺗﺩﺍﺋﻳﺔ ‪.Value‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-10‬‬

‫‪180‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻋﺭﺽ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺧﻁﻁ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺛﻼﺍﺙ ﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﻗﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺭﻳﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻓﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 8-10‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺭﺳﻡ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﻟﻠﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 9-10‬ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻟﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻝ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻝ ﻟﻠﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻁﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﺎﺭﻳﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪8-10‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪9-10‬‬

‫‪181‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻼﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺣﺩﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ J8‬ﻟﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻟﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﻧﺎ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫‪.3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪10-10‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﻻﻥ ﺳﻧﻧﺷﺊ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻋﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﻳﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫‪11-10‬‬

‫‪182‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪11-10‬‬

‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﺗﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ K3‬ﻭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ .O5‬ﻭﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫))‪=IF($J$8=1;K9;IF($J$8=2;K13;K17‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺗﻔﺣﺹ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ J8‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 1‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻝ )ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ -K9‬ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺧﻝ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ‪ J8‬ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ‪ 2‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺻﺎﺭﻳﻑ ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺑﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻣﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﻲ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻹﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪183‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺭﺩ ‪Combo Box‬‬

‫ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﺩ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻻﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪ Combo Box‬ﻧﺗﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ insert‬ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪Combo Box‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻧﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺛﻡ ﻧﻌﺭﺽ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺻﻪ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Control‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻭ ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪12-10‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﺩ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺛﻼ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻬﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻛﺫﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪184‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪Combo Box‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻳﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺭﺳﻡ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪13-10‬‬

‫‪185‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ‪ Combo Box‬ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ﺛﻡ ﻧﻌﺭﺽ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺻﻪ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Control‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ‪ Input range‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺛﺎﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪ L7:L14‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﻁﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪.J7‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻥ ﻧﻧﺷﺊ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ L1:P2‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺳﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪14-10‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪14-10‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ M2‬ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫)‪=INDEX(M7:M14;$J$7‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﻧﻌﻣﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ P1‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻧﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ Index‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ‪ J7‬ﻓﻣﺛﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ M2‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺎﺋﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪2012‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ index‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﺋﺩﺍﺕ ‪ .M7:M14 2012‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﻧﺎ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ‪ North‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ ‪ J7‬ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻬﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ index‬ﺗﺭﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺛﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪ M7:M14‬ﻭﻫﻛﺫﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻥ ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻁﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪186‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻖ ‪Scroll Bar‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻖ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻖ ﻳﻣﻳﻧﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺳﺎﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺳﻔﻝ ﻭﻻﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪ Scroll Bar‬ﻧﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ‪ Insert‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻭﺭ ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪Scroll bar‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻧﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺛﻡ ﻧﻌﺭﺽ ﺧﺻﺎﺋﺻﻪ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﻥ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ control‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻧﻳﺎ ‪ Minimum value‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ ‪Maximum‬‬
‫‪ Value‬ﻭﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺯﺍﻳﺩ ‪ Incremental Change‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪15-10‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻖ‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﻟﻘﺭﺽ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ Scroll Bar‬ﻭﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺃﺛﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫‪187‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪16-10‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻧﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﺗﺣﺳﺏ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺩﺋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪ G3:G7‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺩﺭﺝ ‪ Scroll bar‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Control‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻧﻳﺎ )ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ(‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻳﺎ )ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ( ﻭﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺯﺍﻳﺩ )ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪ (1‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪ G4‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻓﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻻﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻛﻝ ﺿﻐﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻖ ﻟﻠﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻬﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪188‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪189‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪190‬‬
https://maktbah.net

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬
DATA ANALYSIS USING WHAT IF? AND SOLVER
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫‪ .11‬ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ‪-‬ﻟﻮ؟ ‪What‐If‬‬

‫‪Analysis‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻮ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻮ ﻣﻊ ‪ Excel:‬ﻫﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺪﺍﻑ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪32‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺪﺍﻑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ ﻭﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻭﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪Solver.‬ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪ Solver‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺪﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻢ ﻋﺪﺩًﺍ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺗﻨﺒﺆﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪ Excel.‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.Analysis Pack.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺪﺍﻑ ‪Goal Seek‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻟﺳﺕ ﻣﺗﺄﻛﺩًﺍ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻬﺩﺍﻑ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻧﻔﺗﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻙ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺗﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻧﺕ ﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺭﻳﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬

‫‪192‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺣﺗﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺩﻯ ﻗﺩﺭﺗﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺳﺩﺍﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ ﻛﻝ ﺷﻬﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻬﺩﺍﻑ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻛﻲ ﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﻬﺩﻓﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ )ﺷﻛﻝ ‪ (1-11‬ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ E5‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﺣﺗﺳﺎﺏ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ ،PMT‬ﺍﻻﻥ ﻟﻧﻔﺗﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻣﺑﻠﻎ ﺗﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺗﺳﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻬﺭﻳﺎ ً ﻫﻲ ‪$1800‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺗﺳﺩﻳﺩ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻧﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻬﺩﺍﻑ ﻟﻠﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Data‬ﺛﻡ ‪) What‐If Analysis‬ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ‪-‬ﻟﻭ؟(‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪) Goal Seek‬ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻬﺩﺍﻑ( ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺗﻬﺩﺍﻑ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻧﺧﺗﺭ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ‪) Set cell:‬ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‪ – (:‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺗﻧﺎ ﻫﻲ ‪ E7‬ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ‪ -$1800-‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ‪) To value:‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻬﻭﻝ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻳﻥ( ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪.OK‬‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺳﻠﻳﻣﺔ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪ OK‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻛﻥ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪cancel‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-11‬‬

‫‪193‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-11‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﻳﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻬﺩﺍﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﺷﻬﺭﻳًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪Solver.‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺟﺩﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪Data Tables‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﺷﺎﺋ ًﻌﺎ‪،‬‬

‫ً‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺻﻴﻎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﻭﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻨﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ؛‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﺋ ًﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬

‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺽ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺽ ﻋﻦ ﻁﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ‪.C12:C18‬‬

‫‪194‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺃﻭﻻ ﻧﻨﺸﺊ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪) 3-11‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ‪ (C11:D18‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺛﻢ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ ( PMT‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻠﻮ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻅﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-11‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻧﺤﺪﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Data‬ﺛﻢ ‪ What-if Analysis‬ﺛﻢ ‪Data Tables‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ )ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ‪ (C12:C18‬ﻓﻨﺤﺪﺩ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ Column Input Cell‬ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ )ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ( ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.B7‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪195‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-11‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪5-11‬‬

‫‪196‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪6-11‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺽ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻁﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﻱ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺽ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺽ ﻋﻞ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﻨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻻﺟﺮﺍء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻨﺸﺊ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ( ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺽ(‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )‪ A11‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ( ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫)ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ What-If Analysis‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ Data Tables‬ﻓﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺑﺠﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ‪ Row Cell Input‬ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﺪﺧﻞ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ Column Input Cell‬ﻧﺪﺧﻞ‬

‫‪197‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟ ُﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-11‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪8-11‬‬

‫‪198‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪9-11‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﻠﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ ‪.‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 32‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻛﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪199‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ ‪ Excel‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ‪" :‬ﺃﺳﻮﺃ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ" ﻭ"ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ"‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻜﺲ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﻛﻝ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻧﺷﺎء ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﺧﻳﺹ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﺿ ّﻣﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﻫﺫﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ‬

‫ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺯﻟﻳﺔ ﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻭﺃ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺭﻳﻑ ﻭﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻣﺛﻝ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻛﻳﻑ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ )ﻟﻸﺳﻭﺃ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﺿﻝ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻭﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﻳﻧﺻﺢ ﺑﺷﺩﺓ ﺗﺳﻣﻳﺔ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻭﺃﺳﻬﻝ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻣﻳﺎﺕ( ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺻﻳﻎ ‪ Formulas‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ‪ Defined Names‬ﻧﺧﺗﺭ ‪Create‬‬
‫‪ From Selection‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪ Right Column‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪200‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪10-11‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪11-11‬‬

‫‪201‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﻥ ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﺑﺈﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Data‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ What‐If Analysis‬ﺛﻡ ‪Scenario Manager‬‬
‫ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪12-11‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Add‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ( ﻻﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻟﻠﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Scenario name‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫‪) Changing Cells‬ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭﺓ( ﻭﻳﻔﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻁﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ‪.Scenario Values‬‬

‫‪202‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪13-11‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ )ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﻟﻠﺩﺧﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺭﻳﻑ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪14-11‬‬

‫‪203‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫‪ .5‬ﻧﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﺃﺳﻭﺃ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﻭﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻧﻔﺗﺢ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ‪ Scenario Manager‬ﻣﻥ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ ،Data‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﺯﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫‪ Show‬ﻓﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭﻫﺎﺕ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﻠﺧﻳﺹ ‪ Summary‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ‪ Scenario Summary‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻭﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺛﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺧﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪15-11‬‬

‫‪204‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪16-11‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺣﺗﺳﺎﺏ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻧﺎﺭﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻥ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭﺍ ﺗﻠﺧﻳﺻﻳًﺎ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺭ ﺗﻠﺧﻳﺻﻲ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺩﻻً ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻧﺷﺊ‬
‫ﺟﺩﻳﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪205‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪SOLVER‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ‪ Solver‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻬﺩﺍﻑ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻝ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺩﺧﺎﻝ )ﺑﻌﻛﺱ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻬﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺍﻛﺛﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ(‬

‫ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪ Solver‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫‪Solver‬ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻫﺎ ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪Solver‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Solver‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﻛﺴﻴﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ‪ Solver‬ﻧﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ‪ Customize The Ribbon‬ﺛﻢ ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Add-Ins‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﺪﻟﺔ ‪ Manage‬ﻧﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ Excel Add-Ins‬ﺛﻢ ‪ .Go‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ‪ .Solver‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪ Solver‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.Data‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪17-11‬‬

‫‪206‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪ Solver‬ﻟﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻳﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 1500‬ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻧﺣﻥ ﺍﻻﻥ ﻟﺩﻳﻧﺎ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻫﺩﻑ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪G14‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ‪.B2:F13‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪18-11‬‬

‫ﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻧﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Data‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺧﺗﺭ ‪ Solver‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ ‪Solver‬‬
‫‪.Parameters‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ‪ Solver Parameter‬ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻭ ﻗﻳﻣﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪Set Objective:‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ Value of:‬ﻭﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ By Changing Variable Cells‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪.Solve‬‬

‫‪207‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪19-11‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ‪Keep Solver Solution‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻓﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪Restore Original Values‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪208‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻧﻼﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﻳﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﻡ ﻫﻲ ﺣﻘﻘﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻳﺎ ً ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﻳﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻧﺎ ﻣﺛﻼ ﺑﻳﻊ ‪ 37.25‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ‪ PC‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ Restore Original Values‬ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺷﻐﻝ ‪ Solver‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻧﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻛﺄﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﻓﻧﺿﻳﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺩ ﻟﻝ ‪ Solver Parameter‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ ‪Subject to‬‬
‫‪ the constrains‬ﻓﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪ Add‬ﻭﻧﺿﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺩ )ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻧﺩﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺩ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ‪ Cell Reference‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻭﺩ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻣﺑﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻌﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻭﺩ ﻭﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻭﺩ ﺗﻌﻘﻳﺩﺍ ﺃﺻﺑﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺻﻌﻭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪209‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪20-11‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺻﻝ ‪ Solver‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻝ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫‪Select Solving Method:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪21-11‬‬

‫‪210‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪211‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪212‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ؟‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫‪213‬‬
https://maktbah.net

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬
ERRORS DETECTION AND CORRECTION
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ‬ ‫‪.12‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻳﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﻭﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺎﻋﺩﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻌﻝ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺧﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﻬﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻳﻐﺩﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺻﻌﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﺧﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻭﻟﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺳﻳﻁﺎ ً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻳﺅﺛﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺷﻌﺑﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺗﻭﺯﻉ ﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ﺑﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻭﺍﺱ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻁﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺳﻁﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺧﻁﺄ ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﻭﻱ ﺧﻁﺄ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﻳﺎ ً ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﻳﺔ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﻭﻟﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬

‫‪215‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﻼﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻅﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺳﻠﻳﻡ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻁﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺧﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻱ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺩﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺧﻁﺄ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺻﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Ctrl+Shift+Enter‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻠﻥ ﻳﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ ﻭﺭﺑﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺧﻁﺄ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ‬

‫ﻗﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺧﻁﺄ ‪#####‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺧﻁﺄ !‪#DIV/0‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ‪#N/A‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ ?‪#NAME‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ !‪#NULL‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ !‪#NUM‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ !‪#REF‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﺄ !‪#VALUE‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺳﻧﻠﺧﺹ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ !‪#DIV/0‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻣﺔ ﻋﻝ ﺻﻔﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺕ ﺍﻧﺷﺎء ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺭ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ !‪.#DIV/0‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻳﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ‪ 0‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ‬

‫‪216‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻔﻘﻭﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺷﺎء ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺗﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 1-12‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺗﻡ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ D2‬ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1-12‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻛﻲ ﺗﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ IF‬ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ‪C‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=IF(C2=0;””;(C2‐B2)/c2‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪ IFERROR‬ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻁﺄ ﻭﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺧﻁﺄ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)””;‪=IFERROR((C2‐B2)/C2‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ‪#N/A‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺍﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ‪.#N/A‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ً ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺛﺭ ﺍﺣﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻣﺛﻝ ‪ VLOOKUP‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻁﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪217‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ?‪#NAME‬‬

‫ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ?‪ #NAME‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺣﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻌﺭﻑ ﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺣﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻧﺻﺎ ً ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﺑﺗﻔﺳﻳﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺳﻡ ﻣﻌﺭﻑ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻛﺗﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ?‪#NAME‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ‪ Add‐in‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ !‪#NULL‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻧﻁﺎﻗﻳﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻘﺎﻁﻌﺎﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻍ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‬
‫!‪ #NULL‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻗﻳﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻘﺎﻁﻌﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)‪=SUM(C8:C14 A10:F10‬‬

‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ !‪#NUM‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻣﺭﻱ ﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺩﺩﻱ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺗﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﺳﻳﻁﺎ ً ﻋﺩﺩﻳﺎً‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ ﻭﺳﻳﻁ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺗﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‬
‫!‪:#NUM‬‬
‫)‪=SQRT(‐1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺟﺩﺍً‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫‪.RATE‬‬

‫‪218‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ !‪#REF‬‬

‫ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﺭﺟﻌﺎ ً ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﺧﻠﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺫﻑ ﺍﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺑﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ )‪ (=A1‐1‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ‪ A2‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ A1‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ !‪#REF‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺹ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﺻﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﻡ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ !‪#VALUE‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺣﺩﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻭﻉ ﺃﺣﺩ ﻭﺳﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﻓﻣﺛﻼً ﻟﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﺹ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻓﺳﻳﺭﺟﻊ ﻟﻠﻙ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‬
‫!‪#VALUE‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺣﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Ctrl+Shift+Enter‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﺻﻔﻭﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ‪Formula Auditing Tools‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ‪ Formula Tab‬ﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺣﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺎﻋﺩﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺎﺕ ‪Trace Dependents‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﺗﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﺛﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪Trace‬‬

‫‪219‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫‪.Dependents‬‬
‫ﺣﻳﺙ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺃﺳﻬﻡ ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺄﺛﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2-12‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ‪Trace Precedents‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺑﻖ ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻧﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Formulas‬ﺛﻡ ‪Trace‬‬
‫‪ Precedents‬ﻓﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻡ ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺷﻁﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪220‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪3-12‬‬

‫ﻭﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Remove Arrows‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻡ(‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪.Formulas‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ‪Error Checking‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪4-12‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺿﻣﻥ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ‪ Formulas‬ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪221‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫‪Error Checking -a‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﻳﻔﺗﺢ ﻟﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ‪ Error Checking‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻭﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﺣﻳﺙ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻧﺷﺄ ﻋﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻭﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪) Show Calculation Steps‬ﺍﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ( ﻹﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﺑﺧﻁﻭﺓ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺟﺯء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪5-12‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 6-12‬ﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺕ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺟﻣﻊ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺹ )ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻧﺹ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻓﺭﺍﻍ ‪ Space‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ D1‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻁﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻏﻧﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ﻳﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺭﻑ(‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻋﻁﺎء ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﺗﻪ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻧﻭﻥ ﺏ‬
‫‪ Error in value‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ‪ .Error Checking‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺗﺿﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺃﻅﻬﺭﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪222‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪6-12‬‬

‫‪223‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫‪ Trace Error -b‬ﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺗﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪7-12‬‬

‫‪ -c‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳﺔ ‪Circular References‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺋﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪224‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪8-12‬‬

‫‪Evaluate Formula -4‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﻻﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﺄ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪9-12‬‬

‫‪225‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ‪Show Fromulas‬‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺊ ﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﻟﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭ ~‪Ctrl+‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪10-12‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ‪Watch Window‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻣﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﺎﺑﻣﻛﺎﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺔ ‪.Watch Window‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ Watch Window‬ﻳﻔﺗﺢ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪11-12‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻟﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪Add Watch‬‬
‫ﺛﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺗﻬﺎ ﺳﻭﺍء ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﻧﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪226‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪11-12‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺹ ‪ Go To Special‬ﻟﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ‬

‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻻﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻛﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Home‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Find & Select‬ﺛﻡ ‪ Go To Special‬ﻓﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 12-12‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﺯء‬
‫‪ Formulas‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺗﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪.(Number, Text, Logical, and Errors‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﺿﺎ ً ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺍﺣﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪ Precedents‬ﻭ‬
‫‪.Dependents‬‬

‫‪227‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪12-12‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ‪ INQUIRE‬ﻟﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ‪ INQUIRE‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻛﺳﻳﻝ ‪ 2013‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻔﻌﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ Excel Options‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ File‬ﺛﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،Add‐Ins‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺳﺩﻟﺔ ‪ Manage‬ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪ COM Add‐ins‬ﺛﻡ ﻧﺿﻐﻁ ‪ .GO‬ﻭﻣﻥ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺏ‬
‫‪ COM Add‐ins‬ﻧﺧﺗﺎﺭ ‪INQUIRE‬‬

‫‪228‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪13-12‬‬

‫ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺗﻔﻌﻳﻝ ‪ INQUIRE‬ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻧﺎ ﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﻭﻳﺏ ﻧﺳﺗﻁﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻗﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻠﻳﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﻧﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪14-12‬‬

‫‪229‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﻣﻛﺎﻧﻙ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 15-12‬ﻭ ‪16-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪15-12‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪16-12‬‬

‫‪230‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪231‬‬
‫‪https://maktbah.net‬‬

‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﻭﺗﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺷﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ‬

‫‪232‬‬
https://maktbah.net